blob: f8fc626457a446aa5e8eb6861ddaf4469c2b3b31 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000044 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000045 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
46 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000047 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000050 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
51 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000052 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000055 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000056}
57
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000058ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000059 if (FreeMemory) {
60 // Deallocate all the types.
61 while (!Types.empty()) {
62 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
63 Types.pop_back();
64 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000065
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000066 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
67 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
68 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000069 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000070 }
71 }
72
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000073 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
74 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
75 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
76 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
77 delete R;
78 }
79
80 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
81 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
83 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000086 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000092 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000095 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
274 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
275 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
277 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
279 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
280}
281
282UsingShadowDecl *
283ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
287 return 0;
288
289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void
293ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
294 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
295 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
296 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000297}
298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
300 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
301 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
302 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
303 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000305 return Pos->second;
306}
307
308void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
309 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
310 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
311 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
312 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
313 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
316}
317
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000318namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000320 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
321 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 public:
324 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
327 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
328 }
329 };
330}
331
332/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
333///
334/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
335///
336/// \param End the end of the comment text.
337///
338/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
339/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
340/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000341static bool
342isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000343 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
346 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
347 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000348
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000349 if (End - Start < 4)
350 return false;
351
352 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
353 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
354 return false;
355 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
356 return false;
357
358 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
359}
360
361/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000363const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
364 if (!D)
365 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000366
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000367 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
368 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000369 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000370 = DeclComments.find(D);
371 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
372 return Pos->second.c_str();
373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000375 // that source, do so now.
376 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
377 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
378 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000380 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
381 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
382 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 LoadedExternalComments = true;
385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
387 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 if (Comments.empty())
389 return 0;
390
391 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
392 // can't find the comment.
393 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
394 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
395 return 0;
396
397 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
398 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
401 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
404 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000406 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000408 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
411 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
412 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
413 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
416 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
417 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000419 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
420 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
421 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
422 // is the comment we want.
423 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
425 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
427 return Result.c_str();
428 }
429 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000431 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
432 return 0;
433 --LastComment;
434
435 // Decompose the end of the comment.
436 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
437 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
440 // aren't related.
441 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
442 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000444 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
445 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
446 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000448 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
449 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
452 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000456 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
457 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
458 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
459 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000461 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
462 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
463 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000465 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
466 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
467 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
468 // Look at the previous comment
469 --FirstComment;
470 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
471 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
474 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
475 ++FirstComment;
476 break;
477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000479 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
480 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
481 ++FirstComment;
482 break;
483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000485 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
486 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
487 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
488 ++FirstComment;
489 break;
490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000492 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000494 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000497 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
498 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
499 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
500 // all of these comments.
501 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
502 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
503 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
504 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
505 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
506 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
507 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
508 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
509 ++FirstComment;
510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000512 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
514 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000515 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
516 return Result.c_str();
517}
518
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
520// Type Sizing and Analysis
521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000522
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000523/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
524/// scalar floating point type.
525const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000526 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000527 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
528 switch (BT->getKind()) {
529 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
530 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
531 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
532 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
533 }
534}
535
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000536/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000537/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
538/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000539/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
540/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
541unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
543
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000544 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000545 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000546
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000547 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
548 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000549 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000550 if (RefAsPointee)
551 T = RT->getPointeeType();
552 else
553 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
554 }
555 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000556 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000557 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
558 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
559
560 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
561 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000562 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000563
564 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000566
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000567/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
568/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569///
570/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
571/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
572/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000573std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000574ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000575 uint64_t Width=0;
576 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000577 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000578#define TYPE(Class, Base)
579#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000580#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
582#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000584 break;
585
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000586 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
587 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000588 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
589 Width = 0;
590 Align = 32;
591 break;
592
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000593 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000594 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000595 Width = 0;
596 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
597 break;
598
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000599 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000600 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000602 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000603 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000604 Align = EltInfo.second;
605 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000606 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000607 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000608 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000609 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
611 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000612 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000613 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
614 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000615 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
616 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
617 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
618 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000619 break;
620 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000621
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000622 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000623 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000626 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
627 Width = 0;
628 Align = 8;
629 break;
630
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
633 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
636 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
637 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
640 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000642 case BuiltinType::WChar:
643 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
644 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
645 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000646 case BuiltinType::Char16:
647 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
648 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
649 break;
650 case BuiltinType::Char32:
651 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
652 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
653 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000654 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
657 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
662 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000664 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
667 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000669 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000671 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
672 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000674 case BuiltinType::Int128:
675 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
676 Width = 128;
677 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
678 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000679 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000680 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
681 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000682 break;
683 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
685 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
687 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
689 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000691 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000695 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000696 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000697 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000698 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000699 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000700 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000701 case Type::BlockPointer: {
702 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
703 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
704 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
705 break;
706 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000707 case Type::LValueReference:
708 case Type::RValueReference: {
709 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
710 // the pointer route.
711 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
712 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
713 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
714 break;
715 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000716 case Type::Pointer: {
717 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000718 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000719 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
720 break;
721 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000722 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000723 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000724 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000725 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
726 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000727 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
728 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000729 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
730 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000731 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000732 case Type::Complex: {
733 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
734 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000735 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000736 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000737 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000738 Align = EltInfo.second;
739 break;
740 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000741 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000742 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000743 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
744 Width = Layout.getSize();
745 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
746 break;
747 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000748 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000749 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000750 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
751
752 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000753 Width = 1;
754 Align = 1;
755 break;
756 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000758 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000759 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
760
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000761 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000762 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
763 Width = Layout.getSize();
764 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000765 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000767
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000768 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000769 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
770 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000771
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000772 case Type::Elaborated:
773 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
774 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000775
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000776 case Type::Typedef: {
777 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000778 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000779 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
780 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000781 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
782 } else
783 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000784 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000786
787 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
788 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
789 .getTypePtr());
790
791 case Type::TypeOf:
792 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
793
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000794 case Type::Decltype:
795 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
796 .getTypePtr());
797
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000798 case Type::QualifiedName:
799 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000800
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000801 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000803 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
804 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
805 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
806 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
807 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
808 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000810 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000811 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000812}
813
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000814/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
815/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
816CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000817 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000818}
819CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000820 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000821}
822
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000823/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
824/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
825/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
826/// a data type.
827unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
828 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000829
830 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000831 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000832 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
833 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
834 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
835 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
836
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000837 return ABIAlign;
838}
839
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000840static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
841 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
842 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000843 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
844 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000845 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000846 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
847 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
848 }
849}
850
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000851void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
852 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
853 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
854 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
855 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
856}
857
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000858/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
859/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
860///
861void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
862 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
863 bool CollectSynthesized) {
864 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
865 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
866 Ivars.push_back(*I);
867 }
868 if (CollectSynthesized)
869 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
870}
871
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000872void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
873 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000874 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
875 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000876 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
877 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000878
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000879 // Also look into nested protocols.
880 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
881 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
882 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
883}
884
885/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
886/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
887///
888void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
889 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000890 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
891 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000892 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
893 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
894 }
895 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
896 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
897 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
898 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
899 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
900 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
901 }
902}
903
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000904/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
905/// those inherited by it.
906void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
907 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
908 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
909 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
910 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
911 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
912 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
913 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
914 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
915 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
916 }
917
918 // Categories of this Interface.
919 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
920 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
921 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
922 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
923 while (SD) {
924 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
925 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
926 }
927 return;
928 }
929 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
930 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
931 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
932 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
933 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
934 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
935 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
936 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
937 }
938 return;
939 }
940 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
941 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
942 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
943 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
944 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
945 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
946 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
947 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
948 }
949 return;
950 }
951}
952
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000953unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
954 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000955 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
956 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000957 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
958 ++count;
959
960 // Also look into nested protocols.
961 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
962 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
963 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
964 return count;
965}
966
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000968 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000969 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
970 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000971 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
972 ++count;
973 }
974 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
975 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
976 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
977 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
978 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
979 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
980 }
981 return count;
982}
983
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000984/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
985ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
986 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
987 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
988 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
989 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
990 return 0;
991}
992/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
993ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
994 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
995 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
996 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
997 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
998 return 0;
999}
1000
1001/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1002void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1003 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1004 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1005 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1006}
1007/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1008void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1009 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1010 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1011 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1012}
1013
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001014/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001015///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001016/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001017/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1018///
1019/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1020/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1021/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001022TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001023 unsigned DataSize) {
1024 if (!DataSize)
1025 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1026 else
1027 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001028 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001029
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001030 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1031 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1032 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1033 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001034}
1035
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001036TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001037 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001038 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001039 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1040 return DI;
1041}
1042
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001043/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1044/// layout of the given interface.
1045///
1046/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1047/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001048const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001049ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1050 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001051 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1052
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001053 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001054 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001055 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1056 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1057 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001058
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001059 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1060 if (Impl) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001061 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001062 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001063 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1064 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1065 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001066 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001067 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1068 }
1069
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001071 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1072 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001073
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001074 return *NewEntry;
1075}
1076
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001077const ASTRecordLayout &
1078ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1079 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1080}
1081
1082const ASTRecordLayout &
1083ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1084 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1085}
1086
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001087/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001088/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1089/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001090const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001091 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1092 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001093
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001094 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001095 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1096 // is recursive.
1097 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001098 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001099
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001101 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001102 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001104 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001105}
1106
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001107const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
1108 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition(*this));
1109 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1110
1111 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1112 if (!Entry)
1113 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1114 else
1115 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1116 "Key function changed!");
1117
1118 return Entry;
1119}
1120
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001121//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1122// Type creation/memoization methods
1123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1124
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001125QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1126 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1127 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1128
1129 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1131 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1132 void *InsertPos = 0;
1133 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1134 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1135 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1136 return T;
1137 }
1138
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001139 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001140 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1141 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1142 return T;
1143}
1144
1145QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1146 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1147 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1148
1149 QualifierCollector Quals;
1150 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1151 Quals.addVolatile();
1152
1153 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1154}
1155
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001156QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001157 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1158 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001159 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001160
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001161 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1162 // into one ExtQuals node.
1163 QualifierCollector Quals;
1164 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001165
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001166 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1167 // another one.
1168 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1169 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1170 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001171
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001172 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001173}
1174
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001175QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001177 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001178 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001179 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001181 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001182 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001183 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001184 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1185 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1186 }
1187 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001188
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1190 // into one ExtQuals node.
1191 QualifierCollector Quals;
1192 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001193
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001194 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1195 // another one.
1196 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1197 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1198 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001199
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001200 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001201}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001202
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001203static QualType getNoReturnCallConvType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1204 bool AddNoReturn,
1205 CallingConv CallConv) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001206 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001207 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1208 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001209 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1210 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001211 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1212 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001213
1214 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001215 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1216 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1217 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001218 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1219 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001220 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1221 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001222
1223 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1224 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
1225 if (F->getNoReturnAttr() == AddNoReturn && F->getCallConv() == CallConv)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001226 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001227
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001228 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001229 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
1230 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001231 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001232 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001233 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001234 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1235 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1236 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1237 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1238 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1239 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1240 FPT->exception_begin(),
1241 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001242 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001243 } else
1244 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001245
1246 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1247}
1248
1249QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
1250 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, AddNoReturn, T.getCallConv());
1251}
1252
1253QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
1254 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, T.getNoReturnAttr(), CallConv);
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001255}
1256
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1258/// number with the specified element type.
1259QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1260 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1261 // structure.
1262 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1263 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001264
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265 void *InsertPos = 0;
1266 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1267 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001268
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1270 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1271 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001272 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001273 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001274
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001275 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1276 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001277 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001279 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001280 Types.push_back(New);
1281 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1282 return QualType(New, 0);
1283}
1284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001285/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1286/// the specified type.
1287QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1288 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1289 // structure.
1290 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1291 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001292
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001293 void *InsertPos = 0;
1294 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1295 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001296
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001297 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1298 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1299 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001300 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001301 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001302
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001303 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1304 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001305 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001307 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001308 Types.push_back(New);
1309 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1310 return QualType(New, 0);
1311}
1312
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001313/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001314/// a pointer to the specified block.
1315QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001316 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1317 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001318 // structure.
1319 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1320 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001321
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001322 void *InsertPos = 0;
1323 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1324 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1325 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001326
1327 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001328 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1329 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001330 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001333 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1334 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1335 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001336 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001337 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001338 BlockPointerType *New
1339 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 Types.push_back(New);
1341 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1342 return QualType(New, 0);
1343}
1344
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001345/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1346/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001347QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001348 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1349 // structure.
1350 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001351 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001352
1353 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001354 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1355 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001356 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001357
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001358 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1361 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1362 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001363 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1364 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1365 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001366
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001368 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1369 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001370 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001371 }
1372
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001373 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001374 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1375 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001377 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001378
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001379 return QualType(New, 0);
1380}
1381
1382/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1383/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1384QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1385 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1386 // structure.
1387 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001388 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001389
1390 void *InsertPos = 0;
1391 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1392 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1393 return QualType(RT, 0);
1394
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001395 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1396
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001397 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1398 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1399 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001400 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1401 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1402 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001403
1404 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1405 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1406 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1407 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1408 }
1409
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001410 RValueReferenceType *New
1411 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001412 Types.push_back(New);
1413 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001414 return QualType(New, 0);
1415}
1416
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001417/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1418/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001420 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1421 // structure.
1422 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1423 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1424
1425 void *InsertPos = 0;
1426 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1427 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1428 return QualType(PT, 0);
1429
1430 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1431 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1432 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001433 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001434 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1435
1436 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1437 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1438 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1439 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1440 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001441 MemberPointerType *New
1442 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001443 Types.push_back(New);
1444 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1445 return QualType(New, 0);
1446}
1447
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001448/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001449/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001451 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001452 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1453 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001454 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1455 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001456 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1457
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001458 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1459 // the target.
1460 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1461 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001464 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001465
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001466 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001467 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001468 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001469 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001470
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001471 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1472 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1473 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001474 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001475 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001476 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001477 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001478 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001479 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001480 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001481 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001482
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001483 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1484 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001485 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001486 Types.push_back(New);
1487 return QualType(New, 0);
1488}
1489
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001490/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1491/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001492QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1493 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001494 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001495 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1496 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001497 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1498 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1499
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001500 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1501 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001502
1503 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1504 Types.push_back(New);
1505 return QualType(New, 0);
1506}
1507
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001508/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1509/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001510/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001511QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1512 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001513 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001514 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1515 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001516 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1517 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001518 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1519
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001520 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001521 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
1522
1523 if (NumElts) {
1524 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1525 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1526 // initializer.
1527 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1528 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1529 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1530
1531 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1532 }
1533
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001534 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1535 if (Canon) {
1536 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1537 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1540 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001541 } else {
1542 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1543 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001544 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1545 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1546 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001547
1548 if (NumElts)
1549 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001550 } else {
1551 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1552 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1553 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001554 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1555 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1556 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001557 }
1558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001559
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001560 Types.push_back(New);
1561 return QualType(New, 0);
1562}
1563
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001564QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1565 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1566 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001568 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001569
1570 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001571 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001572 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1573 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1574
1575 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1576 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1577 QualType Canonical;
1578
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001579 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001580 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001581 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001582
1583 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1584 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1585 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001586 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001587 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001588
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001589 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1590 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001591
1592 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1593 Types.push_back(New);
1594 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001595}
1596
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001597/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1598/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1599QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001600 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001601
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001602 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001603 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001604
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001605 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1606 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001608 void *InsertPos = 0;
1609 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1610 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1611
1612 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1613 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1614 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001615 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001616 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001617
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001618 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1619 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001620 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001621 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001622 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1623 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1625 Types.push_back(New);
1626 return QualType(New, 0);
1627}
1628
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001629/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001630/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001631QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001632 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001634 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001635 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001636
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001637 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1638 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 void *InsertPos = 0;
1641 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1642 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1643
1644 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1645 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1646 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001647 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001648 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001650 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1651 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001652 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001653 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001654 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1655 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001656 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1657 Types.push_back(New);
1658 return QualType(New, 0);
1659}
1660
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001661QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001662 Expr *SizeExpr,
1663 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001664 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001665 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001666 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001667
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001668 void *InsertPos = 0;
1669 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1670 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1671 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1672 if (Canon) {
1673 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1674 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001675 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1676 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1677 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001678 } else {
1679 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1680 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001681 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1682 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1683 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001684 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1685 } else {
1686 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1687 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001688 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1689 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001690 }
1691 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001693 Types.push_back(New);
1694 return QualType(New, 0);
1695}
1696
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001697static CallingConv getCanonicalCallingConv(CallingConv CC) {
1698 if (CC == CC_C)
1699 return CC_Default;
1700 return CC;
1701}
1702
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001703/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001704///
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001705QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn,
1706 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001707 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1708 // structure.
1709 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001710 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001711
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001712 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001713 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001714 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001715 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001716
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001717 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001718 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
1719 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
1720 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn,
1721 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001723 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001724 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1725 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001726 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001728
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001729 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1730 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001731 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001732 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733 return QualType(New, 0);
1734}
1735
1736/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1737/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001738QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001739 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001740 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1741 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001742 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn,
1743 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001744 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1745 // structure.
1746 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001747 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001748 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001749 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001750
1751 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001752 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001753 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001754 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001755
1756 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001757 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001759 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001760 isCanonical = false;
1761
1762 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001763 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001764 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001765 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001766 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1767 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1768 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001769 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001770
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001771 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001772 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001773 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001774 false, 0, 0, NoReturn,
1775 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001776
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001777 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001778 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1779 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001780 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001781 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001782
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001783 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001784 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1785 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001786 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001787 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1788 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001789 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001790 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001791 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001792 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn, CallConv);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001793 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001794 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001795 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1796}
1797
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001798/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1799/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001800QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001801 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001802 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001804 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001805 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001806 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1807 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001808 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1809 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001810 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001811
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001812 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001813 if (PrevDecl)
1814 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001815 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001816 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001817 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001818 if (PrevDecl)
1819 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001820 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001821 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001822 } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
1823 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1824 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001825 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001826 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001827
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001828 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001829 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001830}
1831
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001832/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1833/// specified typename decl.
1834QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1835 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001836
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001837 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001838 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1839 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001840 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1841 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1842}
1843
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001844/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1845QualType
1846ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1847 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001848 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001849 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1850
1851 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1852 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1853 void *InsertPos = 0;
1854 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1855 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1856
1857 if (!SubstParm) {
1858 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1859 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1860 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1861 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1862 }
1863
1864 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1865}
1866
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001867/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001869/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001871 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001872 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1873 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001874 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001875 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001877 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1878
1879 if (TypeParm)
1880 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001882 if (Name) {
1883 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001884 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1885 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001886 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001887 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1888 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001889
1890 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1891 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1892
1893 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1894}
1895
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001896QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001897ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001898 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001899 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001900 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1901
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001902 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1903 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1904 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1905 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1906
1907 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1908}
1909
1910QualType
1911ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001912 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1913 unsigned NumArgs,
1914 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001915 if (!Canon.isNull())
1916 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1917 else {
1918 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001919 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1920 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1921 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1922 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1923 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1924
1925 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1926 // exists.
1927 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001929 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001930
1931 void *InsertPos = 0;
1932 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1933 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001935 if (!Spec) {
1936 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001938 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001939 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001940 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001941 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001942 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001943 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001945 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001947 if (Canon.isNull())
1948 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001949 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001950 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001951 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001952
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001953 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1954 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1955 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001957 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001958 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1960 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001961 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001963 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001965}
1966
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001968ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001969 QualType NamedType) {
1970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001971 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001972
1973 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001975 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1976 if (T)
1977 return QualType(T, 0);
1978
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001979 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001980 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001981 Types.push_back(T);
1982 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1983 return QualType(T, 0);
1984}
1985
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001987 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1988 QualType Canon) {
1989 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1990
1991 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1992 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1993 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1994 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1995 }
1996
1997 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1998 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1999
2000 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002001 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002002 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2003 if (T)
2004 return QualType(T, 0);
2005
2006 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
2007 Types.push_back(T);
2008 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002009 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002010}
2011
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002012QualType
2013ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002014 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
2015 QualType Canon) {
2016 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2017
2018 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2019 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2020 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
2021 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
2022 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002023 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002024 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
2025 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
2026 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
2027 }
2028 }
2029
2030 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2031 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
2032
2033 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002035 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2036 if (T)
2037 return QualType(T, 0);
2038
2039 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
2040 Types.push_back(T);
2041 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002043}
2044
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002045QualType
2046ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2047 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2048 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2049 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002050
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002051 void *InsertPos = 0;
2052 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2053 if (T)
2054 return QualType(T, 0);
2055
2056 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
2057
2058 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2059 Types.push_back(T);
2060 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2061 return QualType(T, 0);
2062}
2063
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002064/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2065/// alphabetically.
2066static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2067 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002068 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002069}
2070
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002071static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2072 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2073 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2074
2075 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2076 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2077 return false;
2078 return true;
2079}
2080
2081static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002082 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2083 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002084
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002085 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2086 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2087
2088 // Remove duplicates.
2089 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2090 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2091}
2092
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002093/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2094/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002095QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002097 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002098 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002099 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002100
2101 void *InsertPos = 0;
2102 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2103 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2104 return QualType(QT, 0);
2105
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002106 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2107 QualType Canonical;
2108 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2109 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2110 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2111 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2112 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2113
2114 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2115 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2116
2117 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2118 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2119 } else {
2120 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2121 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2122 }
2123
2124 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2125 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2126 }
2127
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002128 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002129 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002130 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002132 Types.push_back(QType);
2133 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2134 return QualType(QType, 0);
2135}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002136
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002137/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2138/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2139QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002140 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002141 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002142 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002144 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002145 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2146 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002147 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002149 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2150 QualType Canonical;
2151 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2152 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2153 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2154
2155 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2156 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2157
2158 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2159
2160 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2161 }
2162
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002163 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002164 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002165 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002166
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002167 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002168 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002169 return QualType(QType, 0);
2170}
2171
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002172/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2173/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002174/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002176/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002177QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002178 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002179 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2180 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2181 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002182
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002183 void *InsertPos = 0;
2184 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2185 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2186 if (Canon) {
2187 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2188 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002189 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002190 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2191 }
2192 else {
2193 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002194 Canon
2195 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002196 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2197 toe = Canon;
2198 }
2199 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002200 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002201 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002202 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002203 Types.push_back(toe);
2204 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002205}
2206
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002207/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2208/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2209/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002211/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002212QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002213 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002214 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002215 Types.push_back(tot);
2216 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002217}
2218
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002219/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2220/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2221static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002222 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2223 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002225 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2226 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2227 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2228 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2229 return VD->getType();
2230 }
2231 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2232 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2233 return FD->getType();
2234 }
2235 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2236 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2237 // return type of that function.
2238 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2239 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002241 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002242
2243 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002244 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2245 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2246 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002248 return T;
2249}
2250
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002251/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2252/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2253/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002254/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002255/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2256QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002257 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002258 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2259 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2260 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002262 void *InsertPos = 0;
2263 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2264 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2265 if (Canon) {
2266 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2267 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002268 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002269 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2270 }
2271 else {
2272 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002273 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002274 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2275 dt = Canon;
2276 }
2277 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002278 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002279 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002280 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002281 Types.push_back(dt);
2282 return QualType(dt, 0);
2283}
2284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002285/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2286/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002287QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002288 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002289 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2290 // away const? mutable?
2291 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002292}
2293
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2295/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2296/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002297CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002298 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002299}
2300
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002301/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2302/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2303QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2304 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2305 return WCharTy;
2306}
2307
2308/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2309/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2310QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2311 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2312 return UnsignedIntTy;
2313}
2314
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002315/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2316/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2317QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002318 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002319}
2320
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2322// Type Operators
2323//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2324
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002325CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2326 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2327 // qualifiers.
2328 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2329 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2330
2331 QualType Result;
2332 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2333 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2334 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2335 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2336 } else {
2337 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2338 }
2339
2340 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2341}
2342
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002343/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2344/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2345/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2346/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2347/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2348/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002349CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002350 QualifierCollector Quals;
2351 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2352 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002354 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2355 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2356
2357 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2358 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002359 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002360
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002361 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2362 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2363 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002364 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2365 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002366 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002368 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2369 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002370 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002371 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002372
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002373 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002374 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2375 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2376 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002377 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002378 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002379 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2380 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002381 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002382
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002383 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002384 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2385 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002386 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2387 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002388 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002389 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002390 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002391
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002392 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002393 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002394 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2395 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002396 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002397 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002398 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002399}
2400
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002401QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2402 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002403 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002404 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T)) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002405 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002406 }
2407
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002408 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
2409 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002410 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002411 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2412 return T;
2413
2414 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
2415 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2416 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2417 }
2418
2419 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) {
2420 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2421 }
2422
2423 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T);
2424 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2425 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2426 SourceRange());
2427}
2428
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002429DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2430 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2431 return TD->getDeclName();
2432
2433 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2434 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2435 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2436 } else {
2437 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2438 }
2439 }
2440
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002441 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2442 assert(Storage);
2443 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002444}
2445
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002446TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2447 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2448 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2449 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002450 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002451
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002452 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002453
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002454 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2455 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2456 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2457}
2458
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002459bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2460 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2461 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2462 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2463}
2464
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002465TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002466ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2467 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2468 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2469 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002471 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002472 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002474 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002475 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002477 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2478 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2479
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002480 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002481 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002482 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002484 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002485 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002486
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002487 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2488 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2489 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2490 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002492 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2493 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2494 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002496 TemplateArgument Result;
2497 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2498 return Result;
2499 }
2500 }
2501
2502 // Silence GCC warning
2503 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2504 return TemplateArgument();
2505}
2506
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002507NestedNameSpecifier *
2508ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002510 return 0;
2511
2512 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2513 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2514 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002515 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002516 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2517 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2518
2519 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2520 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2521 // this namespace and no prefix.
2522 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2523
2524 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2525 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2526 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002527 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2528 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002529 T.getTypePtr());
2530 }
2531
2532 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2533 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2534 return NNS;
2535 }
2536
2537 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2538 return 0;
2539}
2540
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002541
2542const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2543 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002544 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002545 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2546 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2547 return AT;
2548 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002549
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002550 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002551 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002552 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002553 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002554
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002555 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002556 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2557 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002559 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2560 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002561 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002562
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002563 QualifierCollector Qs;
2564 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002566 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2567 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002568 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002569 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002570
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002571 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2572 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2573 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2574 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002575 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002577 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2578 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2579 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002580 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002581 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2582 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2583 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002584 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002585
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002587 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2588 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002589 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002590 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2591 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002592 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002593 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002594 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002596 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002597 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002598 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002599 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002600 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002601 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002602 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002603}
2604
2605
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002606/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2607/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2608/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2609/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2610///
2611/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2612QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002613 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2614 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2615 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2616 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2617 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2618 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002619
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002620 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002621
2622 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002623 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002624}
2625
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002626QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002627 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002628 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002629 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002630 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2631 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002632 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002633 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002634 }
2635 }
2636}
2637
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002638QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2639 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002641 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2642 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002643
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002644 return ElemTy;
2645}
2646
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002647/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002649ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2650 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2651 do {
2652 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2653 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2654 } while (CA);
2655 return ElementCount;
2656}
2657
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002658/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2659/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002660static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002661 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002662 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002663
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002664 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2665 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002666 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002667 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2668 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2669 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2670 }
2671}
2672
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002673/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2674/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002675/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2676/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002677QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2678 QualType Domain) const {
2679 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2680 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2681 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002682 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002683 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2684 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2685 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2686 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002687 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002688
2689 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2690 switch (EltRank) {
2691 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2692 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2693 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2694 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002695 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002696}
2697
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002698/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2699/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2700/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002701/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002702int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2703 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2704 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002705
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002706 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002707 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002708 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002709 return 1;
2710 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002711}
2712
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002713/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2714/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2715/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002716unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002717 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002718 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002719 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002720
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002721 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2722 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2723
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002724 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2725 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2726
2727 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2728 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2729
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002730 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002731 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2732 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002733 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002734 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2735 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2736 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2737 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002738 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002739 case BuiltinType::Short:
2740 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002741 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002742 case BuiltinType::Int:
2743 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002744 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002745 case BuiltinType::Long:
2746 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002747 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002748 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2749 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002750 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002751 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2752 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2753 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002754 }
2755}
2756
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002757/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2758/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2759///
2760/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2761/// promotion occurs.
2762QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2763 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2764 if (!Field)
2765 return QualType();
2766
2767 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2768
2769 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2770 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2771 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2772 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2773 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2774 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2775 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2776 return IntTy;
2777
2778 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2779 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2780
2781 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2782 // like the base type.
2783 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2784 // is ridiculous.
2785 return QualType();
2786}
2787
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002788/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2789/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2790/// integer type.
2791QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2792 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2793 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002794 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2795 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002796 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2797 return IntTy;
2798 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2799 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2800 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2801 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2802}
2803
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002804/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002805/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002807int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002808 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2809 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002810 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002812 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2813 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002814
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002815 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2816 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002817
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002818 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2819 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2820 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2821 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002823 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2824 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2825 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2826 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2827 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002828
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002829 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2830 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002831 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002832 return -1;
2833 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002834
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002835 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2836 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2837 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002838
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002839 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2840 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002841 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002842 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002843}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002844
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002845static RecordDecl *
2846CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2847 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2848 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2849 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2850 else
2851 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2852}
2853
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002855QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2856 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002858 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2859 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2860
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002861 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002863 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002864 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002865 // int flags;
2866 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002867 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002868 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002869 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2871
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002872 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002873 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002874 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002875 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002876 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002878 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002879 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002880 }
2881
2882 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002883 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002884
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002885 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002886}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002887
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002888void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002889 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002890 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2891 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2892}
2893
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002894QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002895 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002896 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002897 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2898 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002899
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002900 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2901 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002902 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002903 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2904 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2905 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2906 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002907
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002908 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2910 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2911 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002912 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002913 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002914 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002915 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002916 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002917
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002918 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002919 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002920
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002921 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2922}
2923
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002924QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2925 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2926 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2927
2928 RecordDecl *T;
2929 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002930 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2931 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002932
2933 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2934 UnsignedLongTy,
2935 UnsignedLongTy,
2936 };
2937
2938 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2939 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002940 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002941 };
2942
2943 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2944 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2945 T,
2946 SourceLocation(),
2947 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002948 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002949 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2950 /*Mutable=*/false);
2951 T->addDecl(Field);
2952 }
2953
2954 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2955
2956 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2957
2958 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2959}
2960
2961void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2962 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2963 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2964 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2965}
2966
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002967QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2968 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2969 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2970
2971 RecordDecl *T;
2972 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002973 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2974 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002975
2976 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2977 UnsignedLongTy,
2978 UnsignedLongTy,
2979 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2980 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2981 };
2982
2983 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2984 "reserved",
2985 "Size",
2986 "CopyFuncPtr",
2987 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2988 };
2989
2990 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2991 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2992 T,
2993 SourceLocation(),
2994 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002995 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002996 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2997 /*Mutable=*/false);
2998 T->addDecl(Field);
2999 }
3000
3001 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3002
3003 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3004
3005 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3006}
3007
3008void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3009 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3010 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3011 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3012}
3013
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003014bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3015 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3016 return true;
3017 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3018 return true;
3019 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3020 return true;
3021 return false;
3022}
3023
3024QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3025 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003026 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003027 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003028 // unsigned int __flags;
3029 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003030 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3031 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003032 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003033 // } *
3034
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003035 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3036
3037 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003038 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003039 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3040 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3041 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003042 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003043 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3044 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003045 T->startDefinition();
3046 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3047 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3048 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3049 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3050 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3051 Int32Ty,
3052 Int32Ty,
3053 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3054 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3055 Ty
3056 };
3057
3058 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3059 "__isa",
3060 "__forwarding",
3061 "__flags",
3062 "__size",
3063 "__copy_helper",
3064 "__destroy_helper",
3065 DeclName,
3066 };
3067
3068 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3069 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3070 continue;
3071 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3072 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003073 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003074 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3075 T->addDecl(Field);
3076 }
3077
3078 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3079
3080 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003081}
3082
3083
3084QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003085 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003086 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003087 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003088 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003089 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3090 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3091 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003092 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003093 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3094 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003095 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3096 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3097 IntTy,
3098 IntTy,
3099 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003100 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3101 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3102 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003103 };
3104
3105 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3106 "__isa",
3107 "__flags",
3108 "__reserved",
3109 "__FuncPtr",
3110 "__descriptor"
3111 };
3112
3113 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003114 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003115 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003116 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003117 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3118 T->addDecl(Field);
3119 }
3120
3121 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3122 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3123 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3124 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3125 if (BDRE) {
3126 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3127 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3128 }
3129 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3130
3131 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003132 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3133 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003134
3135 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003136 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003137 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003138 T->addDecl(Field);
3139 }
3140
3141 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003142
3143 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003144}
3145
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003146void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003147 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003148 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3149 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3150}
3151
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003152// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3153// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003154static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003155 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003156 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3157 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003159 return false;
3160}
3161
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003162/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003163/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003164CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003165 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003166
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003167 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003168 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3169 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003170 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3171 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003172 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003173 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003174}
3175
3176static inline
3177std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3178 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003179}
3180
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003181/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3182/// declaration.
3183void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3184 std::string& S) {
3185 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3186 QualType BlockTy =
3187 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3188 // Encode result type.
3189 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3190 // Compute size of all parameters.
3191 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3192 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3193 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003194 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3195 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003196 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3197 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3198 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003199 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003200 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003201 ParmOffset += sz;
3202 }
3203 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003204 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003205 // Block pointer and offset.
3206 S += "@?0";
3207 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3208
3209 // Argument types.
3210 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3211 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3212 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3213 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3214 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3215 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3216 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3217 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3218 // elements.
3219 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3220 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3221 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3222 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3223 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003224 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003225 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003226 }
3227}
3228
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003229/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003230/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003231void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003232 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003233 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003234 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003235 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003236 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003237 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003238 // Compute size of all parameters.
3239 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3240 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3241 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003242 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003243 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3244 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003245 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003246 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3247 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3248 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003249 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003250 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3251 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003252 ParmOffset += sz;
3253 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003254 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003255 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003256 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003257
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003258 // Argument types.
3259 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003260 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3261 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3262 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003264 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003265 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3266 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3267 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003268 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003269 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3270 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3271 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003272 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003273 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003274 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003275 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003276 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003277 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003278 }
3279}
3280
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003281/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003282/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003283/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3284/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3286/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3287/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3288/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3289/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003290/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3291/// @code
3292/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3293/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3294/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3295/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3296/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3297/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3298/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3299/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3300/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3301/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3302/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3303/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3304/// };
3305/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003306void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003307 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003308 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003309 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3310 bool Dynamic = false;
3311 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3312
3313 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3314 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003316 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3317 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003318 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003319 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003320 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3321 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3322 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3323 Dynamic = true;
3324 } else {
3325 SynthesizePID = PID;
3326 }
3327 }
3328 }
3329 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003330 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003331 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003332 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003333 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003334 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3335 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3336 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3337 Dynamic = true;
3338 } else {
3339 SynthesizePID = PID;
3340 }
3341 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003342 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003343 }
3344 }
3345
3346 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3347 S = "T";
3348
3349 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003350 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3351 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003353 true /* outermost type */,
3354 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003355
3356 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3357 S += ",R";
3358 } else {
3359 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3360 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3361 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003362 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003363 }
3364 }
3365
3366 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3367 // are "dynamic by default".
3368 if (Dynamic)
3369 S += ",D";
3370
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003371 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3372 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003373
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003374 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3375 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003376 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003377 }
3378
3379 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3380 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003381 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003382 }
3383
3384 if (SynthesizePID) {
3385 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3386 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003387 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003388 }
3389
3390 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3391}
3392
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003393/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3395/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003396/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3397///
3398void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003399 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003400 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003401 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3402 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003403 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003405 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3406 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003407 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3408 }
3409 }
3410}
3411
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003412void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003413 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003414 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3415 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3416 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3417 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003419 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003420}
3421
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003423 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003424 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3425 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3426 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003427 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003428 S += 'b';
3429 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3430}
3431
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003432// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003433void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3434 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3435 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003436 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003437 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003438 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003439 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003440 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3441 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3442 char encoding;
3443 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003445 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3446 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3447 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3448 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3449 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3450 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003451 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3452 encoding =
3453 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003454 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003455 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3456 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3457 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3458 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3459 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3460 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461 case BuiltinType::Long:
3462 encoding =
3463 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003464 break;
3465 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3466 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3467 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3468 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3469 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003470 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003472 S += encoding;
3473 return;
3474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003476 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003477 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003479 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003480 return;
3481 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003482
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003483 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003484 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3485 S += ':';
3486 return;
3487 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003488 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003489
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003490 bool isReadOnly = false;
3491 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3492 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3493 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003495 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003496 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3497 isReadOnly = true;
3498 S += 'r';
3499 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003500 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003501 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003502 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3503 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003504 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3505 isReadOnly = true;
3506 S += 'r';
3507 }
3508 }
3509 if (isReadOnly) {
3510 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3511 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3512 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3513 const char * s = S.c_str();
3514 int len = S.length();
3515 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3516 std::string replace = "rn";
3517 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3518 }
3519 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003521 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3522 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3523 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003524 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003525 S += '*';
3526 return;
3527 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003528 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003529 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3530 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3531 S += '#';
3532 return;
3533 }
3534 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3535 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3536 S += '@';
3537 return;
3538 }
3539 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003540 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003541 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003542 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3543
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003545 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003546 return;
3547 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003548
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003549 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3550 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3551 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003552 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3553 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3554 S += '^';
3555
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003556 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003557 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3558 } else {
3559 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003561 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3562 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3563 else {
3564 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3565 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3566 S += '0';
3567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568
3569 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003570 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3571 S += ']';
3572 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003573 return;
3574 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003576 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003577 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003578 return;
3579 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003581 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003582 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003583 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003584 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3585 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3586 S += II->getName();
3587 } else {
3588 S += '?';
3589 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003590 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003591 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003592 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3593 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003594 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003595 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003596 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003597 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003598 S += '"';
3599 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003600
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003601 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003602 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003604 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003605 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003606 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3607 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003608 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003609 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003610 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003611 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003612 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003613 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003614 return;
3615 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003616
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003617 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003618 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3619 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3620 else
3621 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003622 return;
3623 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003624
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003625 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003626 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003627 return;
3628 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003629
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003630 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003631 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003632 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003633 S += '{';
3634 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3635 S += II->getName();
3636 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003637 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003638 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003639 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003640 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003642 RecFields[i]);
3643 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003644 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003645 FD);
3646 }
3647 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003648 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003649 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003650
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003651 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003652 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3653 S += '@';
3654 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003655 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003656
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003657 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3658 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3659 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3660 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003661 S += '#';
3662 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003663 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003665 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003666 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003667 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3668 ExpandStructures, FD);
3669 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3670 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3671 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003672 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003673 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3674 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003675 S += '<';
3676 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3677 S += '>';
3678 }
3679 S += '"';
3680 }
3681 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003682 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003684 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3685 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3686 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3687 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003688 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003689 // {...};
3690 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003691 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3692 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003693 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003694 return;
3695 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003696
3697 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003698 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003699 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003700 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003701 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3702 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003703 S += '<';
3704 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3705 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003706 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003707 S += '"';
3708 }
3709 return;
3710 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003712 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003713}
3714
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003715void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003716 std::string& S) const {
3717 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3718 S += 'n';
3719 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3720 S += 'N';
3721 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3722 S += 'o';
3723 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3724 S += 'O';
3725 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3726 S += 'R';
3727 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3728 S += 'V';
3729}
3730
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003731void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003732 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003734 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3735}
3736
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003737void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003738 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003739}
3740
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003741void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003742 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003743}
3744
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003745void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003746 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003747}
3748
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003749void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003750 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003751}
3752
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003753void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003754 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003755 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003756
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003757 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003758}
3759
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003760/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3761/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003762TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3763 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003764 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3765 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3766
3767 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3768 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3769 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3770
3771 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003772 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003773 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3774 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3775 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3776 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3777 *Storage++ = D;
3778 }
3779
3780 return TemplateName(OT);
3781}
3782
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003783/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3784/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003785TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003786 bool TemplateKeyword,
3787 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3788 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3789 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3790
3791 void *InsertPos = 0;
3792 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3793 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3794 if (!QTN) {
3795 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3796 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3797 }
3798
3799 return TemplateName(QTN);
3800}
3801
3802/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3803/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003804TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003805 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003806 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003807 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003808
3809 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3810 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3811
3812 void *InsertPos = 0;
3813 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3814 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3815
3816 if (QTN)
3817 return TemplateName(QTN);
3818
3819 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3820 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3821 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3822 } else {
3823 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3824 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3825 }
3826
3827 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3828 return TemplateName(QTN);
3829}
3830
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003831/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3832/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3833TemplateName
3834ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3835 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3836 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3837 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3838
3839 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3840 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3841
3842 void *InsertPos = 0;
3843 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3844 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3845
3846 if (QTN)
3847 return TemplateName(QTN);
3848
3849 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3850 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3851 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3852 } else {
3853 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3854 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3855 }
3856
3857 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3858 return TemplateName(QTN);
3859}
3860
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003861/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003862/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3863/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003864CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003865 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003866 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003867 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3868 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3869 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3870 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3871 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3872 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3873 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3874 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3875 }
3876
3877 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003878 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003879}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003880
3881//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3882// Type Predicates.
3883//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3884
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003885/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3886/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3887/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003888/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003889///
3890bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3891 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3892 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003893 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003894 return true;
3895 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003896 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003897}
3898
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003899/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3900/// garbage collection attribute.
3901///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003902Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3903 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003904 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3905 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003906 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003907 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003908 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003909 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003910 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003911 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003912 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003913 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003914 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003915 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003916 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3917 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003918 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003919 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003920 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003921 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003922}
3923
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003924//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3925// Type Compatibility Testing
3926//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003927
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003929/// compatible.
3930static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3931 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003932 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003933 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003934 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003935}
3936
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003937//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3938// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3939//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3940
3941/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3942/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003943bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3944 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003945 if (lProto == rProto)
3946 return true;
3947 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3948 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3949 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3950 return true;
3951 return false;
3952}
3953
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003954/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3955/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3956/// otherwise.
3957bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3958 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3959 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3960 return false;
3961}
3962
3963/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3964/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3965bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3966 bool compare) {
3967 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003969 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3970 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003972 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3973 return true;
3974
3975 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003976 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003978 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003980 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003982 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3983 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3984 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3985 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3986 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3987 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3988 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003989 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003990 return false;
3991 }
3992 }
3993 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3994 return true;
3995 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003996 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003997 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3998 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3999 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4000 bool match = false;
4001
4002 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4003 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4004 // through its super class and categories.
4005 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4006 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4007 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4008 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4009 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4010 match = true;
4011 break;
4012 }
4013 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004015 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4016 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4017 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4018 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4019 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4020 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4021 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004022 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004023 match = true;
4024 break;
4025 }
4026 }
4027 }
4028 if (!match)
4029 return false;
4030 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004031
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004032 return true;
4033 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004035 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4036 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4037
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004038 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004039 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4040 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4041 bool match = false;
4042 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4043 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4044 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4045 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4046 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4047 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004048 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004049 match = true;
4050 break;
4051 }
4052 }
4053 if (!match)
4054 return false;
4055 }
4056 return true;
4057 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004058 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004059 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4060 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4061 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4062 bool match = false;
4063
4064 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4065 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4066 // through its super class and categories.
4067 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4068 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4069 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4070 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4071 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4072 match = true;
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076 if (!match)
4077 return false;
4078 }
4079 return true;
4080 }
4081 return false;
4082}
4083
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004084/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004085/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4086/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4087///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004088bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4089 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004090 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4091 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004092 return true;
4093
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004094 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004095 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4096 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004097 false);
4098
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004099 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4100 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004101 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4102 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004103
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004104 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004105}
4106
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004107/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4108/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4109/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4110/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4111static
4112void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4113 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4114 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4115 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4116
4117 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4118 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4119
4120 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4121 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4122 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4123 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4124 else {
4125 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4126 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4127 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4128 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4129 }
4130
4131 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4132 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4133 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4134 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4135 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4136 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4137 }
4138 else {
4139 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4140 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4141 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4142 // be harmless.
4143 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4144 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4145 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4146 }
4147}
4148
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004149/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4150/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4151/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4152/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4153QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4154 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4155 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4156 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4157 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4158 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4159 return QualType();
4160
4161 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4162 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4163 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004164 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4165 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4166 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4167 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4168 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4169 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4170 else
4171 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4172 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4173 return LHSTy;
4174 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004175 }
4176
4177 return QualType();
4178}
4179
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004180bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4181 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004182 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4183 // the LHS.
4184 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4185 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004186
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004187 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4188 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004189 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004190 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004191
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004192 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4193 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004194 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004195 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004197 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4198 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004199 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4200 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4201
4202 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4203 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004204 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004205 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004206 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4207 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004208 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004209 break;
4210 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004211 }
4212 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4213 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4214 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004215 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004216 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4217 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004218}
4219
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004220bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4221 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004222 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4223 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004225 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004226 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004227
4228 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4229 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004230}
4231
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004232/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004233/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004234/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004235/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004236bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4237 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4238}
4239
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004240static bool isSameCallingConvention(CallingConv lcc, CallingConv rcc) {
4241 return (getCanonicalCallingConv(lcc) == getCanonicalCallingConv(rcc));
4242}
4243
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004244QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004245 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4246 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004247 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4248 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004249 bool allLTypes = true;
4250 bool allRTypes = true;
4251
4252 // Check return type
4253 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4254 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004255 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4256 allLTypes = false;
4257 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4258 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004259 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004260 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4261 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4262 allLTypes = false;
4263 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4264 allRTypes = false;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004265 CallingConv lcc = lbase->getCallConv();
4266 CallingConv rcc = rbase->getCallConv();
4267 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
4268 if (!isSameCallingConvention(lcc, rcc))
4269 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004271 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004272 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4273 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004274 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4275 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4276
4277 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4278 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4279 return QualType();
4280
4281 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4282 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4283 return QualType();
4284
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004285 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4286 return QualType();
4287
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004288 // Check argument compatibility
4289 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4290 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4291 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4292 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4293 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4294 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4295 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004296 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4297 allLTypes = false;
4298 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4299 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004300 }
4301 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4302 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4303 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004304 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004305 NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004306 }
4307
4308 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4309 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4310
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004311 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004312 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004313 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004314 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4315 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4316 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4317 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4318 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4319 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4320 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4321 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4322 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4323 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4324 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4325 return QualType();
4326 }
4327
4328 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4329 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4330 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004331 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004332 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004333 }
4334
4335 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4336 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004337 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004338}
4339
4340QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004341 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4342 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4343 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004344 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4345 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004346 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4347 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004348 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4349 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004350 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004351 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004352 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004353 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004354
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004355 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4356 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4357
4358 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4359 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4360 return LHS;
4361
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004362 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004363 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4364 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004365 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4366 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4367 // mismatch.
4368 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4369 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4370 return QualType();
4371
4372 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4373 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4374 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4375 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4376 // qualified __strong.
4377 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4378 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4379 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4380
4381 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4382 return QualType();
4383
4384 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4385 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4386 }
4387 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4388 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4389 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004390 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004391 }
4392
4393 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004394
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004395 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4396 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004397
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004398 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4399 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4400 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4401 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004402
4403 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004404 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4405 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4406 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4407 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004408
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004409 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4410 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4411 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004412
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004413 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004414 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004415 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004416 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004417 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4418 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004419 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004420 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4421 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004422 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004423 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004424 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4425 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004426 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004427
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004428 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004429 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004430
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004431 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004432 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004433#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4434#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4435#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4436#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4437#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4438 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4439 return QualType();
4440
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004441 case Type::LValueReference:
4442 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004443 case Type::MemberPointer:
4444 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4445 return QualType();
4446
4447 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4448 case Type::VariableArray:
4449 case Type::FunctionProto:
4450 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004451 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4452 return QualType();
4453
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004454 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004455 {
4456 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004457 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4458 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004459 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4460 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004461 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004462 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004463 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004464 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004465 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4466 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004467 case Type::BlockPointer:
4468 {
4469 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004470 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4471 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004472 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4473 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4474 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4475 return LHS;
4476 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4477 return RHS;
4478 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4479 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004480 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004481 {
4482 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4483 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4484 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4485 return QualType();
4486
4487 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4488 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4489 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4490 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004491 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4492 return LHS;
4493 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4494 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004495 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4496 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4497 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4498 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004499 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4500 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004501 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4502 return LHS;
4503 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4504 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004505 if (LVAT) {
4506 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4507 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4508 // has to be different.
4509 return LHS;
4510 }
4511 if (RVAT) {
4512 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4513 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4514 // has to be different.
4515 return RHS;
4516 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004517 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4518 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004519 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4520 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004521 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004522 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004523 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004524 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004525 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004526 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004527 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004528 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004529 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004530 case Type::Complex:
4531 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4532 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004533 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004534 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004535 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004536 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004537 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004538 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004539 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004540 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4541 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004542 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4543 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004544 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4545 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4546 return LHS;
4547
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004548 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004549 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004550 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004551 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4552 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004553 return LHS;
4554
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004555 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004556 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004557 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4558 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4559 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004560 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004561
4562 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004563}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004564
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004565//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004566// Integer Predicates
4567//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004568
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004569unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004570 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004571 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004572 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004573 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004574 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004575 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4576}
4577
4578QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4579 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004580
4581 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4582 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4583 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4584 VTy->getNumElements());
4585
4586 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4587 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004588 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004589
4590 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4591 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004592 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4593 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4594 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4595 return UnsignedCharTy;
4596 case BuiltinType::Short:
4597 return UnsignedShortTy;
4598 case BuiltinType::Int:
4599 return UnsignedIntTy;
4600 case BuiltinType::Long:
4601 return UnsignedLongTy;
4602 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4603 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004604 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4605 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004606 default:
4607 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4608 return QualType();
4609 }
4610}
4611
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004612ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4613
4614void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004615
4616
4617//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4618// Builtin Type Computation
4619//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4620
4621/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4622/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004623static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004624 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4625 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4626 // Modifiers.
4627 int HowLong = 0;
4628 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004629
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004630 // Read the modifiers first.
4631 bool Done = false;
4632 while (!Done) {
4633 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004634 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004635 case 'S':
4636 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4637 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4638 Signed = true;
4639 break;
4640 case 'U':
4641 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4642 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4643 Unsigned = true;
4644 break;
4645 case 'L':
4646 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4647 ++HowLong;
4648 break;
4649 }
4650 }
4651
4652 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004654 // Read the base type.
4655 switch (*Str++) {
4656 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4657 case 'v':
4658 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4659 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4660 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4661 break;
4662 case 'f':
4663 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4664 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4665 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4666 break;
4667 case 'd':
4668 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4669 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4670 if (HowLong)
4671 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4672 else
4673 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4674 break;
4675 case 's':
4676 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4677 if (Unsigned)
4678 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4679 else
4680 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4681 break;
4682 case 'i':
4683 if (HowLong == 3)
4684 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4685 else if (HowLong == 2)
4686 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4687 else if (HowLong == 1)
4688 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4689 else
4690 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4691 break;
4692 case 'c':
4693 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4694 if (Signed)
4695 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4696 else if (Unsigned)
4697 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4698 else
4699 Type = Context.CharTy;
4700 break;
4701 case 'b': // boolean
4702 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4703 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4704 break;
4705 case 'z': // size_t.
4706 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4707 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4708 break;
4709 case 'F':
4710 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4711 break;
4712 case 'a':
4713 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4714 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4715 break;
4716 case 'A':
4717 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4718 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4719 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4720 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4721 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4722 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4723 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4724 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4725 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4726 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4727 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4728 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4729 } else {
4730 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4731 }
4732 break;
4733 case 'V': {
4734 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004735 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4736 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004737
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004738 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004739
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004740 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4741 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4742 break;
4743 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004744 case 'X': {
4745 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4746 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4747 break;
4748 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004749 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004750 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4751 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004752 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004753 return QualType();
4754 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004755 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004756 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004757 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004758 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004759 else
4760 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4761
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004762 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004763 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004764 return QualType();
4765 }
4766 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004767 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004768
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004769 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4770 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004771
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004772 Done = false;
4773 while (!Done) {
4774 switch (*Str++) {
4775 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4776 case '*':
4777 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4778 break;
4779 case '&':
4780 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4781 break;
4782 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4783 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004784 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004785 break;
4786 }
4787 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004789 return Type;
4790}
4791
4792/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4793QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4794 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4795 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004796
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004797 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004798
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004799 Error = GE_None;
4800 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4801 if (Error != GE_None)
4802 return QualType();
4803 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4804 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4805 if (Error != GE_None)
4806 return QualType();
4807
4808 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4809 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4810 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004812 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4813 }
4814
4815 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4816 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4817
4818 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4819 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4820 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4821 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4822 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4823}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004824
4825QualType
4826ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4827 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4828 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4829 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4830 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4831 // equivalent.
4832 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4833 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4834 else
4835 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4836 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4837 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4838 else
4839 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4840
4841 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4842 if (lhs == rhs)
4843 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004844
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004845 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4846 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4847 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4848 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004849
4850 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4851
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004852 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4853 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4854 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004855 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004856 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4857 return lhs;
4858 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004859 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004860 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4861 return rhs;
4862 }
4863 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004864 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4865 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4866 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4867 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004868 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004869 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004870 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004871 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004872 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4873 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004874
4875 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004876 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004877 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004878 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004880 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4881 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4882 // does not require this promotion.
4883 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4884 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4885 return rhs;
4886 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4887 return lhs;
4888 }
4889 }
4890 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4891 }
4892 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4893 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4894 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4895 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4896 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4897 return lhs;
4898 }
4899 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4900 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4901 return getComplexType(lhs);
4902 }
4903 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4904 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4905 return rhs;
4906 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004907 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004908 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4909 return getComplexType(rhs);
4910 }
4911 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4912 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4913 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4914 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4915 return lhs;
4916 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4917 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4918 }
4919 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4920 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4921 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4922 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4923
4924 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004925 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004926 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4927 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4928 return rhs;
4929 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4930 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4931 return lhs;
4932 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4933 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4934 return rhs;
4935 }
4936 }
4937 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4938 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4939 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4940 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4941 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4942 QualType destType;
4943 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4944 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4945 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4946 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4947 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4948 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4949 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4950 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4951 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4952 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4953 // use the signed type.
4954 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4955 } else {
4956 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4957 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4958 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4959 // to the signed type.
4960 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4961 }
4962 return destType;
4963}